documentation/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po

# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
# 
# Translators:
# Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2022
# Niki Waibel, 2022
# Wolfgang Taferner, 2022
# Anja Funk <anja.funk@afimage.de>, 2022
# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
# 
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-11-17 09:05+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:48+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2022\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5
msgid "Inventory & MRP"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8
msgid "Inventory"
msgstr "Lager"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10
msgid ""
"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse "
"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage"
" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like "
"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5
msgid "Barcodes"
msgstr "Barcodes"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5
msgid "Daily Operations"
msgstr "Tagesgeschäft"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3
msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes"
msgstr "Prozess zu einer Bestandsanpassung mit Strichcodes"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5
msgid ""
"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open"
" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory "
"Adjustments*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13
msgid ""
"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet "
"*Commands for Inventory*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16
msgid ""
"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically "
"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to "
"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24
msgid ""
"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the "
"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31
msgid ""
"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set"
" the quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34
msgid ""
"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if "
"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in "
"manually."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44
msgid ""
"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory "
"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Übersicht"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5
msgid ""
"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful."
" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in"
" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get "
"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the "
"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13
msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15
msgid ""
"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and "
"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode "
"nomenclature being in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. To do so, go "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20
msgid ""
"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to "
"create your first rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26
msgid ""
"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode "
"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature,"
" in our case it will be Weighted Product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33
msgid ""
"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of "
"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will "
"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start."
" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there"
" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the"
" “D” define the decimals."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40
msgid ""
"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should"
" be applied."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44
msgid ""
"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the "
"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49
msgid "Configure your Product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51
msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52
msgid ""
"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to "
"identify the product;"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53
msgid ""
"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case"
" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54
msgid ""
"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know"
" which digit it should be in your case."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59
msgid ""
"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following"
" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when "
"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically "
"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the "
"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70
msgid "Rule Types"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72
msgid ""
"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its "
"price, used in POS."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73
msgid ""
"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied "
"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the "
"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74
msgid ""
"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its "
"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the "
"weight) and in inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75
msgid ""
"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with "
"loyalty program."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76
msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77
msgid ""
"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-"
"location is activated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78
msgid ""
"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are"
" activated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79
msgid ""
"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the "
"Mercury module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80
msgid ""
"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and "
"transfers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83
msgid ""
"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any "
"number of characters, those characters being any number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3
msgid "Process to Transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6
msgid "Simple Transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8
msgid ""
"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to "
"*Operations*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14
msgid ""
"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to "
"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to "
"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24
msgid ""
"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the "
"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the "
"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with "
"the stock moves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33
msgid ""
"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add "
"additional steps for the different operation types."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45
msgid "Receipts"
msgstr "Anlieferungen"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39
msgid ""
"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to "
"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main "
"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode "
"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48
msgid ""
"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply "
"scan the next product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:5
msgid "Delivery Orders"
msgstr "Lieferaufträge"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54
msgid ""
"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is "
"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start "
"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62
msgid ""
"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to "
"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to "
"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the "
"*Previous* and *Next* buttons."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70
msgid ""
"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you "
"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78
msgid "Internal Transfers"
msgstr "Interne Transfers"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80
msgid ""
"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to "
"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in "
"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85
msgid ""
"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct,"
" you don’t need to scan them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89
msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91
msgid ""
"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways "
"of working:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94
msgid ""
"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, "
"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the"
" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99
msgid ""
"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work "
"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the "
"lot/serial number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3
msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5
msgid ""
"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print"
" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode "
"sheet* from the home page of the app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document."
" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your "
"products to populate it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "Einrichtung"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
msgid "Set up your barcode scanner"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5
msgid ""
"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good "
"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will "
"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11
msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13
msgid ""
"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo "
"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the "
"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20
msgid ""
"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way "
"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when"
" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can "
"be configured to be so."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25
msgid ""
"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is"
" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An "
"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner "
"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check "
"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
msgid ""
"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It "
"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can "
"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure "
"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using "
"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the "
"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market,"
" it is essential to test it first."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42
msgid "Configure your barcode scanner"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45
msgid "Keyboard layout"
msgstr "Tastaturbelegung"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50
msgid ""
"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard "
"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate "
"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners"
" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57
msgid "Automatic carriage return"
msgstr "Automatischer Zeilenumbruch"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan "
"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this "
"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end"
" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be "
"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR"
" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3
msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5
msgid ""
"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost "
"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly "
"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to "
"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with "
"the barcode scanner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:42
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:82
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
msgid ""
"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality "
"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you "
"have ticked the feature, you can hit save."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22
msgid "Set Product Barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24
msgid ""
"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the "
"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure "
"Products Barcodes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30
msgid ""
"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly "
"at creation on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40
msgid ""
"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the "
"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45
msgid "Set Locations Barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47
msgid ""
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Locations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
msgid ""
"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the "
"*Print* menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62
msgid "Barcode Formats"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64
msgid ""
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without "
"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering "
"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68
msgid ""
"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your "
"own barcode format for internal use."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5
msgid "Warehouse Management"
msgstr "Lager & Logistik"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3
msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6
msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8
msgid ""
"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be "
"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery "
"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in "
"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13
msgid ""
"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in "
"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer."
" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19
msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24
msgid ""
"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in "
"stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22
msgid ""
"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are "
"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of "
"space in your warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30
msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27
msgid ""
"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large"
" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a "
"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your "
"product is unique, then it makes sense!"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33
msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33
msgid ""
"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37
msgid "Make sure time is not against you."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36
msgid ""
"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more "
"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to"
" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44
msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40
msgid ""
"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If "
"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold "
"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47
msgid ""
"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our "
"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* "
"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-"
"how-to-use-it-250>`__."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52
msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54
msgid ""
"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60
msgid ""
"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to "
"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a "
"product via drop-shipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68
msgid ""
"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. "
"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist "
"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76
msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78
msgid ""
"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor."
" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order "
"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-"
"Shipping*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89
msgid ""
"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request "
"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You "
"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97
msgid ""
"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and "
"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination"
" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your "
"own stock when you validate the dropship document."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105
msgid ""
"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your "
"inventory dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3
msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5
msgid ""
"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your "
"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle "
"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12
msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14
msgid ""
"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17
msgid ""
"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated "
"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20
msgid ""
"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high "
"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the "
"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows "
"to handle orders very quickly."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25
msgid ""
"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least"
" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by "
"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the "
"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and "
"especially when the items you stock are big in size."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31
msgid ""
"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main "
"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a "
"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then "
"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53
msgid "One step flow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58
msgid "Two steps flow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63
msgid "Three steps flow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3
msgid "How can I change the label type?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8
msgid ""
"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery "
"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your "
"delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15
msgid ""
"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery"
" methods**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18
msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23
msgid ""
"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one"
" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the "
"carrier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30
msgid ""
"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and "
"you create a new sale order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33
msgid ""
"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which"
" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46
msgid ""
"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type "
"bottom half for example, here is the difference :"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3
msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5
msgid ""
"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default "
"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to"
" the customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9
msgid ""
"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping"
" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step "
"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14
msgid ""
"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47
msgid "Create a Sales Order"
msgstr "Einen Kundenauftrag erstellen"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23
msgid ""
"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products "
"to deliver and confirm it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26
msgid ""
"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the "
"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat "
"button, you should now see your delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34
msgid "Process a Delivery"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36
msgid ""
"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* "
"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under"
" the Delivery Orders Kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43
msgid ""
"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on "
"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49
msgid ""
"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock "
"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that "
"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now "
"*Done*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3
msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5
msgid ""
"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is "
"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are "
"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, "
"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more "
"steps before shipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11
msgid ""
"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked "
"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output "
"location before being effectively shipped to the customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19
msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17
msgid ""
"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide"
" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will "
"chain the picking step to the shipping step."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21
msgid ""
"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating "
"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30
msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32
msgid ""
"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the "
"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option"
" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing"
" Shipments*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40
msgid ""
"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, "
"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one"
" you want to rename and update its name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47
msgid ""
"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable "
"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be "
"created and automatically linked to your sale order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54
msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56
msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process,"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58
msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process,"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60
msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66
msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68
msgid ""
"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* "
"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing "
"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71
msgid ""
"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the "
"inventory dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77
msgid ""
"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved "
"and you can simply validate the picking document."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85
msgid ""
"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be "
"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products "
"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing "
"order which can be directly validated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96
msgid ""
"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be "
"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to "
"transfer the products to the customer location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3
msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5
msgid ""
"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is "
"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are "
"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9
msgid ""
"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that "
"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are "
"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an "
"output location before being effectively shipped."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29
msgid "Warehouse configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31
msgid ""
"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the "
"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option"
" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39
msgid ""
"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location."
" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49
msgid ""
"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable "
"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be "
"created and automatically linked to your sale order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56
msgid ""
"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different "
"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and "
"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65
msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67
msgid ""
"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* "
"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the "
"picking operation has been marked as done."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83
msgid ""
"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be "
"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products "
"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery"
" order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:5
msgid "Incoming Shipments"
msgstr "Wareneingang"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3
msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8
msgid ""
"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your"
" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you "
"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12
msgid ""
"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15
msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17
msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19
msgid ""
"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control "
"before being admitted in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22
msgid ""
"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different "
"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In "
"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the "
"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27
msgid "The principles are the following:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29
msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31
msgid ""
"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them "
"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in "
"your stock, they will not be available for further processing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36
msgid ""
"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received "
"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality "
"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the"
" goods receipt process can become essential."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42
msgid ""
"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area"
" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can "
"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and "
"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will "
"return the quantity that is not good."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55
msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68
msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69
msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3
msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5
msgid ""
"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default "
"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors "
"to the stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9
msgid ""
"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming"
" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step "
"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14
msgid ""
"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50
msgid "Create a Purchase Order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23
msgid ""
"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and "
"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm "
"the *RfQ*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27
msgid ""
"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you "
"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35
msgid "Process a Receipt"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37
msgid ""
"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the "
"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* "
"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44
msgid ""
"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click "
"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from "
"suppliers are considered as being always available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:49
msgid ""
"If you have :guilabel:`Storage Locations` activated, you can click the "
"hamburger menu next to the :guilabel:`Done quantity` to specify the "
"location(s) where you are storing the received product(s)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:56
msgid ""
"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* "
"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took "
"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3
msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5
msgid ""
"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality "
"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality "
"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality "
"control step."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. "
"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, "
"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have "
"two-steps or three-steps processes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13
msgid ""
"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your "
"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control "
"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC "
"requirements are moved to stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20
msgid ""
"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a "
"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain "
"the picking step to the shipping step."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23
msgid ""
"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the features to enable in order to use multi-step routes for goods "
"reception"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31
msgid ""
"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage "
"Locations*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35
msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37
msgid ""
"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work "
"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then "
"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the incoming shipment strategy to choose to receive goods in three "
"steps"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45
msgid ""
"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* "
"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52
msgid ""
"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* "
"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then,"
" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source "
"document:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56
msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59
msgid ""
"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality "
"control zone;"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62
msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the three moves created by the purchase of products in three steps "
"strategy"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69
msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71
msgid ""
"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* "
"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74
msgid ""
"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase "
"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the button to click to see the receipts that need to be processed"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81
msgid ""
"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they "
"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the move (internal transfer) from the reception area to the "
"warehouse input area"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88
msgid ""
"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes "
"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products "
"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the "
"transfer can be directly validated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the button to click to see the internal transfers that need to be "
"processed"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the move (internal transfer) from the input area to the quality "
"control area"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100
msgid ""
"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is "
"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock "
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the move (internal transfer) from the quality control area to the "
"stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3
msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt"
" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the "
"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow "
"you to have 2 steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13
msgid ""
"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then "
"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in "
"your stock, they will not be available for further processing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21
msgid ""
"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide"
" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will "
"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in"
" stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26
msgid ""
"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step "
"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34
msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36
msgid ""
"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which "
"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods "
"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44
msgid ""
"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. "
"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52
msgid "Create a purchase order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54
msgid ""
"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with"
" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is "
"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to "
"your purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62
msgid ""
"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking "
"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another"
" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the "
"products to *Stock*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68
msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70
msgid ""
"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while "
"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been "
"marked as *Done*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74
msgid ""
"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it "
"through the inventory dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80
msgid ""
"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, "
"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87
msgid ""
"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be "
"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received "
"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is "
"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them "
"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3
msgid "Inventory adjustments"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:5
msgid ""
"In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the "
"database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the "
"warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to theft, "
"damages, human errors, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must"
" be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts "
"in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, inventory adjustments can be accessed through "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:14
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page shows all products that are "
"currently in stock. Each line contains the following information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:17
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:18
msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:19
msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:22
msgid "Add a new line"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:24
msgid ""
"To add an inventory adjustment line, click :guilabel:`Create` and fill in "
"the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` fields. Then click "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:27
msgid ""
"At this stage, the count is recorded but not yet *applied*. Meaning the "
"quantity on hand is not yet updated to match the new :guilabel:`Counted "
"Quantity`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:30
msgid ""
"To apply the new :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, click :guilabel:`Apply` on "
"the line or the :guilabel:`Apply All` button on the top of the page. If "
":guilabel:`Apply All` is clicked, a reference or reason can be entered "
"before clicking :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone
msgid ""
"Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is "
"specified."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:40
msgid "Count products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:42
msgid ""
"Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is "
"complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory "
"Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each "
"product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:46
msgid ""
"If a count matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the "
"database, click on :guilabel:`Set`, which will copy the value in the "
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` field and paste it in the :guilabel:`Counted "
"Quantity` field. A move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` will be "
"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:51
msgid ""
"If a count does *not* match the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the"
" database, record the count in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` field. When "
":guilabel:`Apply` is clicked, a move with the difference between the "
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` will be "
"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone
msgid ""
"Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product "
"moves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:61
msgid ""
"Sometimes a count occurs, but can not be applied in the database right away."
" In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment,"
" product moves can occur. In that case, the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` in "
"the database can change and will not be consistent with the counted "
"quantity. As an extra caution measure, Odoo will ask for confirmation before"
" applying the inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:68
msgid "Plan counts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:70
msgid "Each inventory adjustment line contains the following information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:72
msgid ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:73
msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the person in charge of the count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:74
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the adjustments will be "
"accounted. The column is hidden by default, but can be made visible by "
"opening the column options icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:78
msgid ""
"In the Barcode app, users can only view counts assigned to them that are "
"scheduled for today or earlier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:81
msgid ""
"To plan big counts, select the desired product lines on the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page. Then, click :guilabel:`Request a "
"Count` and fill in the following information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:84
msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:85
msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:86
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will"
" be accounted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:87
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` of each product"
" line blank, select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the :guilabel:`On "
"Hand Quantity` of each product line with the current value recorded in the "
"database, select :guilabel:`Set Current Value`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:91
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:93
msgid ""
"By default, after an inventory adjustment is applied, the scheduled date for"
" the next count is the 31st of December of the current year. To modify the "
"default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
"--> Settings --> Operations` and change the date in the :guilabel:`Annual "
"Inventory Day and Month` setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone
msgid ""
"Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month"
" setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:3
msgid "Cycle counts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5
msgid ""
"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by "
"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date "
"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some "
"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10
msgid ""
"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by "
"counting more often at key locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16
msgid ""
"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is "
"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and "
"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rstNone
msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26
msgid "Change the inventory frequency"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28
msgid ""
"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by "
"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31
msgid ""
"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on "
":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set "
"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count "
"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to "
"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting"
" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this "
"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on "
"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rstNone
msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
msgstr "Los- und Seriennummern"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3
msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Einführung"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional "
"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the"
" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12
msgid ""
"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store "
"altogether in one single pack."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15
msgid ""
"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in "
"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to "
"delivery and after-sales."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20
msgid "When to use"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22
msgid ""
"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for "
"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other "
"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a "
"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or "
"food."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28
msgid ""
"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales "
"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. "
"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the"
" way you manage these products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34
msgid "When not to use"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36
msgid ""
"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and "
"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few "
"chances that you can return them for production fault."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40
msgid ""
"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-"
"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have "
"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, "
"for instance, makes no sense at all."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46
msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47
msgid ":doc:`lots`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3
msgid "Expiration Dates"
msgstr "Ablaufdaten"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5
msgid ""
"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed"
" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and "
"managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid "
"selling expired products to customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9
msgid ""
"With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration "
"dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18
msgid "Application configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18
msgid ""
"To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial "
"Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90
msgid "Product configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28
msgid ""
"Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product "
"form:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30
msgid ""
"Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, "
"without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on "
"each lot/serial number received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32
msgid ""
"Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous "
"and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on "
"each lot/serial number received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34
msgid ""
"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be "
"removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each "
"lot/serial number received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36
msgid ""
"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be "
"raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on"
" each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an "
"Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible "
"user defined on the Product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45
msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47
msgid ""
"When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be "
"updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based "
"on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58
msgid "Expiration Alerts"
msgstr "Ablaufbenachrichtigungen"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60
msgid ""
"You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to "
":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the"
" pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded "
"their respective alert dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3
msgid "Manage lots of identical products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5
msgid ""
"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a "
"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots "
"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production "
"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11
msgid ""
"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the "
"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14
msgid ""
"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced "
"traceability."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18
msgid "Setting Up"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21
msgid "Application Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23
msgid ""
"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & "
"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31
msgid "Product Configuration"
msgstr "Produktkonfiguration"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33
msgid ""
"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial "
"numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your"
" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the "
"inventory tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47
msgid "Manage Lots"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52
msgid ""
"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot "
"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65
msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57
msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59
msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67
msgid ""
"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, "
"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add"
" a line* again to register a new lot number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75
msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77
msgid ""
"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your "
"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial "
"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. "
"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are "
"contained in each one of the lots."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93
msgid "Operation Types"
msgstr "Vorgangstypen"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95
msgid ""
"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots "
"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99
msgid ""
"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide "
"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By "
"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and "
"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have "
"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to "
"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111
msgid "Lots traceability"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113
msgid ""
"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they "
"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were "
"shipped to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117
msgid ""
"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master"
" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to "
"your search."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124
msgid ""
"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the"
" lot number has been used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130
msgid ""
"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the "
"*Location* stat button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3
msgid "Work with serial numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5
msgid ""
"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number "
"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, "
"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will "
"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its "
"last movement."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11
msgid ""
"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-"
"entry management is the feature you need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15
msgid "Configurations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20
msgid ""
"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. "
"Then, enable the feature and hit save."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30
msgid ""
"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers."
" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the "
"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial "
"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42
msgid "Manage Serial Numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47
msgid ""
"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify "
"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50
msgid "Manual assignation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73
msgid "Multi-assignation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89
msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56
msgid ""
"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly "
"need to open the detailed operations of your picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63
msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65
msgid ""
"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, "
"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can "
"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75
msgid ""
"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically "
"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial "
"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial "
"number to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80
msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91
msgid ""
"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you "
"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* "
"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you"
" need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106
msgid "Operation types"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108
msgid ""
"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each "
"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112
msgid ""
"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers "
"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only "
"allowed at product reception."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120
msgid ""
"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be "
"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124
msgid "Serial Number traceability"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126
msgid ""
"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were "
"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped "
"to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130
msgid ""
"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to "
":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial"
" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* "
"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has "
"been used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140
msgid ""
"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the"
" *Location* button available on the serial number form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5
msgid "Miscellaneous Operations"
msgstr "Sonstiges"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3
msgid "Process Batch Transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5
msgid ""
"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing "
"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you "
"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it,"
" either via the barcode application or in the form view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11
msgid "Create a Batch Transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13
msgid ""
"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option "
"in the Odoo Inventory app"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20
msgid ""
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` "
"and hit the create button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27
msgid ""
"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you "
"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a"
" line*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34
msgid ""
"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that "
"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to "
"be included in the batch transfer were selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n"
"to the batch transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42
msgid ""
"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. "
"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the "
"locations they have been reserved from."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target"
" locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51
msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53
msgid ""
"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in "
"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers "
"list view"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61
msgid ""
"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch "
"transfer or create a new one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69
msgid "Process a Batch Transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71
msgid ""
"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the"
" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select "
"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated "
"too."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80
msgid ""
"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for "
"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
msgid ""
"How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n"
"of a batch transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93
msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95
msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101
msgid ""
"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch "
"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108
msgid ""
"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source "
"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116
msgid ""
"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* "
"button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode "
"application"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123
msgid ""
"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last "
"page) to mark the batch transfer as done."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3
msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5
msgid ""
"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having"
" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8
msgid ""
"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new"
" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure "
"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to "
"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14
msgid ""
"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through "
"advanced settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20
msgid ""
"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in "
"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28
msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30
msgid ""
"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. "
"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has "
"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39
msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41
msgid ""
"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still "
"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:3
msgid "Process wave transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:5
msgid ""
"While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** "
"only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to "
"pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may "
"be a better fit than the other."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:9
msgid ""
"To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are "
"at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:12
msgid ""
"In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: "
"transfers are split before being grouped in a batch."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:18
msgid ""
"Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and "
":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:21
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In "
"the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and "
":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:30
msgid "Add products to a wave"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:32
msgid ""
"Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding "
"products to a wave."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:34
msgid ""
"Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same "
"operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific "
"operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the "
"desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots "
"icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click "
":guilabel:`Operations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone
msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:43
msgid ""
"On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or"
" existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone
msgid "Select lines to add to the wave."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:51
msgid ""
"Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same "
"product, location, carrier, etc..."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:54
msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:56
msgid ""
"To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the "
":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave "
"transfer from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:59
msgid ""
"To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` "
"option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the "
"optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are "
"selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:64
msgid "View wave transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:66
msgid ""
"To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers"
" can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to "
":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5
msgid "Planning"
msgstr "Planung"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3
msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5
msgid ""
"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It "
"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, "
"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate"
" scheduled dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9
msgid ""
"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for "
"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer "
"will get the products he ordered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13
msgid ""
"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives "
"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take "
"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into "
"account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19
msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27
msgid ""
"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated "
"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is"
" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32
msgid ""
"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you "
"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer "
"lead time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36
msgid ""
"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many "
"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default"
" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead "
"Time**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41
msgid ""
"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: margin of error for vendor lead times. When"
" the system generates Purchase Orders for procuring products, they will be "
"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:46
msgid ""
"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO "
"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt "
"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:51
msgid ""
"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to "
"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo "
"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific "
"date is set on the line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:56
msgid ""
"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to "
"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to "
"produce and does not take the routing time into account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:61
msgid ""
"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk "
"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery "
"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead"
" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:68
msgid "Sales - Lead Times"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70
msgid ""
"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows "
"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is"
" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously "
"configured."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the delivery settings to have the delivery lead time taken into "
"account"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:79
msgid ""
"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a "
"warning message is displayed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the error that occurs when trying to choose an earlier date than what calculated\n"
"by Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:87
msgid ""
"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure "
"all the lead times that could occur."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:91
msgid "Customer Lead Time"
msgstr "Auslieferungszeit"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93
msgid ""
"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your"
" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by "
"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your "
"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
msgid "View of the customer lead time configuration from the product form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:103
msgid ""
"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead"
" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of "
"April."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:108
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:180
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:217
msgid "Security Lead Time"
msgstr "Sicherheitsvorlaufzeit"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110
msgid ""
"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are "
"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping "
"earlier in order to arrive on time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:114
msgid ""
"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a "
"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:117
msgid ""
"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales "
"settings"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:124
msgid ""
"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but "
"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for "
"the delivery order is the 5th of April."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:129
msgid "Deliver several products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131
msgid ""
"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can "
"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or "
"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:135
msgid ""
"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When"
" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to "
"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:140
msgid ""
"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead "
"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated "
"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is "
"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of "
"April."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:146
msgid ""
"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the "
"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product"
" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:152
msgid "Purchase - Lead Times"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:155
msgid "Supplier Lead Time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157
msgid ""
"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to "
"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase "
"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
msgid "View of the way to add vendors to products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:166
msgid ""
"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the "
"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase "
"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead "
"Time*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
msgid "View of the delivery lead time configuration from a vendor form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:176
msgid ""
"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times "
"depending on the vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182
msgid ""
"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for "
"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error "
"for your supplier to deliver your order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:186
msgid ""
"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the security lead time for purchase from the inventory settings"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:194
msgid ""
"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are "
"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:198
msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:201
msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time"
msgstr "Durchlaufzeit der Fertigung"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203
msgid ""
"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product."
" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the "
"number of days the manufacturing takes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:211
msgid ""
"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the "
"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s"
" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of "
"July is June 27th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219
msgid ""
"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing "
"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:223
msgid ""
"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app "
"settings"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:230
msgid ""
"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th "
"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead "
"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on "
"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:236
msgid "Global Example"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238
msgid "Here is a configuration:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240
msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:241
msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242
msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243
msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244
msgid "4 days of supplier lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246
msgid ""
"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery "
"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, "
"here is when all the various steps are triggered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:250
msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:251
msgid ""
"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier "
"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:254
msgid ""
"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of"
" security lead time for Purchase)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256
msgid ""
"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 "
"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for "
"Manufacturing)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:259
msgid ""
"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of "
"security lead time for sales)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:5
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5
msgid "Products"
msgstr "Produkte"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3
msgid "Select a replenishment strategy"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering "
"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies "
"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the "
"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which"
" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery "
"processes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6
msgid "Terminology"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48
msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16
msgid ""
"The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative "
"forecast quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18
msgid ""
"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of "
"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales "
"orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo "
"automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach "
"the maximum stock level."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23
msgid ""
"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or "
"from the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26
msgid "Make to Order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28
msgid ""
"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase "
"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, "
"*regardless of the current stock level*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31
msgid ""
"Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links"
" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) "
"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and "
"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or "
":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is "
"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase"
" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted "
"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will "
"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO "
"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO "
"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41
msgid ""
"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are "
"customized and should be used for this purpose only."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50
msgid ""
"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows "
"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific "
"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and "
":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone
msgid ""
"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60
msgid ""
"For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the "
"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For "
"products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast "
"normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time "
"and security lead time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65
msgid ""
"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or"
" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the "
":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. "
"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels "
"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock "
"valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70
msgid ""
"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click "
":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a "
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75
msgid ""
"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to "
"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, "
"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new "
"reordering rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80
msgid ""
"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity "
"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the "
":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, "
"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product "
"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85
msgid ""
"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this "
"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO "
"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted"
" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering "
"rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91
msgid ""
"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using"
" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone
msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98
msgid ""
"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by"
" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source "
"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` "
"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) "
"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone
msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108
msgid "Make to order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110
msgid ""
"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized "
"products, the route is hidden by default."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113
msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
"Warehouse`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116
msgid ""
"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118
msgid ""
"Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119
msgid ""
"Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click "
"on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123
msgid ""
"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable "
"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127
msgid ""
"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, "
"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and"
" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order "
"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the "
":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor "
"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-"
"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition "
"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. "
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone
msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3
msgid "Use different units of measure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary."
" For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the "
"metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the "
"imperial system, so the business needs to convert the units. Another case "
"for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big pack from a "
"supplier and then sells those products in individual units."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:11
msgid "Odoo can be set up to use different units of measure for one product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16
msgid ""
"To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Products` and "
"activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` setting. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone
msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25
msgid "Units of measure categories"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27
msgid ""
"After enabling the units of measure setting, view the default units of "
"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Units "
"of Measures --> UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit "
"conversion, Odoo can only convert a product's units from one unit to another"
" only if both units belong to the same category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone
msgid "Set units of measure categories."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:36
msgid ""
"Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is "
"highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of"
" Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any "
"new units."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:40
msgid ""
"To create a new unit, first select the correct category. For example, to "
"sell a product in a box of six units, click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category"
" line. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit`. After that, click :guilabel:`Add a "
"line`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field, title the new unit "
"`Box of 6`. In the :guilabel:`Type` field, select :guilabel:`Bigger than the"
" reference Unit of Measure`. In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter `6.00000`"
" since a box of six is six times bigger than the reference unit (`1.00000`)."
" Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:47
msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units"
" that we will use for the Egg product. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than "
"the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone
msgid ""
"Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same"
" category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:58
msgid "Specify a product's units of measure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:60
msgid ""
"To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Products --> Products` and click on a product to open its settings. "
"Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:63
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of "
"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. "
"The specified unit will also be the unit used to keep track of the product's"
" inventory and internal transfers. Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field "
"to specify the unit of measure that the product is purchased in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:69
msgid "Unit conversion"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:72
msgid "Buy products in the Purchase UoM"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:74
msgid ""
"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the Purchase app, Odoo "
"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. "
"However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the RFQ."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:78
msgid ""
"After the RFQ is confirmed into a purchase order (PO), click on the "
":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top right corner of the PO. Odoo "
"automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's "
"sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the "
"delivery receipt shows the converted quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:83
msgid ""
"For example, if the product's purchase UoM is `Box of 6` and its "
"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the PO shows the quantity in "
"boxes of six, and the delivery receipt shows the quantity in units."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:88
msgid "Replenishment"
msgstr "Auffüllung"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:90
msgid ""
"A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from "
"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button. After clicking "
":guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The purchase unit "
"of measure can be manually edited here if needed. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` to create the RFQ."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:95
msgid ""
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Units Forecasted` smart button on the product "
"form and scroll down to :menuselection:`Forecasted Inventory --> Requests "
"for quotation`. Click on the RFQ reference number to open the draft RFQ. The"
" purchase UoM can also be edited here if needed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:100
msgid "Sell in a different UoM"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:102
msgid ""
"When creating a new quotation in the Sales app, Odoo automatically uses the "
"product's specified unit of measure. However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM`"
" can be manually edited on the quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:105
msgid ""
"After the quotation is sent to the customer and confirmed into a sales order"
" (SO), click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top right "
"corner of the SO. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the "
"product's inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the"
" delivery shows the converted quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:110
msgid ""
"For example, if the product's UoM on the SO was changed to `Box of 6`, but "
"its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the SO shows the quantity in boxes"
" of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3
msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6
msgid "Units of measure"
msgstr "Maßeinheiten"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8
msgid ""
"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you "
"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your"
" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your "
"supplier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone
msgid ""
"Specify unit of measure for handling a product vs. when it's purchased."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16
msgid ""
"Once a product has a :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` and a :guilabel:`Purchase "
"UoM` set on the product form, Odoo can automatically convert the different "
"units in the product's purchase/sales orders and the orders' respective "
"delivery orders/receipts. The only condition is that all the units have to "
"be in the *same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:21
msgid ""
"For example, a product can have its :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` set to `feet"
" (ft)` and its :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` set to `centimeters (cm)`. When a "
"purchase order (PO) is created for that product, it will list the quantity "
"in centimeters. Then, when the PO is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates"
" a receipt and converts the centimeters to feet. The receipt will list the "
"quantity in feet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:28
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "Verpackungen"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:30
msgid ""
"A package refers to the physical container that holds one or several "
"products from a picking. For example, when a product is ready for delivery, "
"its quantities can be separated into two different packages. In Odoo, the "
"quantity of products in each package can be recorded in the database. Make "
"sure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory"
" --> Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:36
msgid ""
"On a delivery order, separate the products into different packages by "
"setting the :guilabel:`Done` quantity to the desired quantity in the first "
"package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put in Pack` to record the first package. "
"Repeat for each package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone
msgid "Separate delivery into different packages"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone
msgid "Separate delivery package details"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:49
msgid "Packagings"
msgstr "Verpackungen"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:51
msgid ""
"Packaging refers to a standard container that holds several unit of a "
"product. For example, cans of soda can be in a 6-pack, 15-pack, or even a "
"pallet for the packaging."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54
msgid ""
"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sales/purchase "
"orders and inventory transfers. The main difference between packagings and "
"units of measure is that packagings are defined at the product level while "
"UoMs are generic."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone
msgid "Different product packaging examples."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone
msgid "Package field on purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:67
msgid ""
"Packaging is also useful during product reception. When scanning the barcode"
" of the packaging, Odoo automatically adds the number of units contained in "
"the packing on the picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:71
msgid ":doc:`uom`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:5
msgid "Replenishment strategies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3
msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8
msgid ""
"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate"
" \\*multi-step routes\\*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rstNone
msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in an Odoo database's settings"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:15
msgid ""
"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Enter the warehouse which should be "
"resupplied by another one. You will have the possibility to directly "
"indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:24
msgid ""
"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your "
"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected,"
" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:32
msgid ""
"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in "
"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. "
"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Operations --> Run scheduler`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:40
msgid ""
"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from"
" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in"
" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is "
"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from "
"Second warehouse\\*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:5
msgid "Valuation Methods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3
msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5
msgid ""
"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs "
"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
"Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also "
"gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed "
"costs accounting entries will be recorded."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone
msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20
msgid "Add costs to products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:23
msgid "Receive the vendor bill"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25
msgid ""
"After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click "
":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in "
"Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick "
"the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice "
"line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone
msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:33
msgid ""
"For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in "
"Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor "
"bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost "
"information every time a vendor bill comes in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37
msgid ""
"First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> "
"Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the "
":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must "
"always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`"
" tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:43
msgid ""
"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the "
"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone
msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:50
msgid ""
"Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the "
":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost "
"product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at "
"the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with "
"the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product "
"lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by "
"clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from "
"the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone
msgid ""
"Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:62
msgid ""
"After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost "
"record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the "
"impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the "
"landed cost entry to the accounting journal."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:66
msgid ""
"The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed "
"cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:70
msgid ""
"The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category "
"set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average "
"Costing)` method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone
msgid "Landed cost journal entry"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:78
msgid ""
"Landed cost records can also be directly created in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not "
"necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7
msgid "Inventory valuation configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:9
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5
msgid ""
"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very "
"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of "
"a company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13
msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:15
msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16
msgid ""
"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or "
"automatically)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:18
msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21
msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:23
msgid ""
"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three "
"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:71
msgid "Standard Price"
msgstr "Standardpreis"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127
msgid "Operation"
msgstr "Vorgang"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128
msgid "Unit Cost"
msgstr "Kosten pro ME"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129
msgid "Qty On Hand"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:84
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:130
msgid "Delta Value"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131
msgid "Inventory Value"
msgstr "Inventurbestandswert"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138
msgid "€10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134
msgid "0"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:133
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136
msgid "€0"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137
msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139
msgid "8"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140
msgid "+8*€10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141
msgid "€80"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142
msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144
msgid "12"
msgstr "12"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54
msgid "+4*€10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55
msgid "€120"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147
msgid "Deliver 10 Products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:58
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149
msgid "2"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "-10*€10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61
msgid "€20"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62
msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155
msgid "4"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65
msgid "+2*€10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66
msgid "€40"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:68
msgid ""
"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you "
"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation "
"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must"
" be reviewed periodically."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117
msgid "Average Price"
msgstr "Durchschnittspreis"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143
msgid "€12"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145
msgid "+4*€16"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146
msgid "€144"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "-10*€12"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106
msgid "€24"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153
msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108
msgid "€9"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156
msgid "+2*€6"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111
msgid "€36"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113
msgid ""
"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value "
"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the "
"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117
msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168
msgid "FIFO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148
msgid "€16"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "-8*€10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "-2*€16"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152
msgid "€32"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154
msgid "€11"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157
msgid "€44"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:159
msgid ""
"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase "
"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule"
" that applies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163
msgid ""
"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the "
"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial "
"number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167
msgid ""
"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, "
"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171
msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173
msgid ""
"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting "
"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. "
"Those two methods are detailed below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177
msgid ""
"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your"
" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental "
"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product "
"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only "
"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In "
"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185
msgid ""
"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen "
"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the "
":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and open your accounting settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191
msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:193
msgid ""
"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on "
"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry "
"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:198
msgid ""
"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check"
" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting "
"postings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:362
msgid "Continental Accounting"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294
msgid "Vendor Bill"
msgstr "Lieferantenrechnung"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
msgid "\\"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
msgid "Debit"
msgstr "Soll"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
msgid "Credit"
msgstr "Haben"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286
msgid "Assets: Inventory"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286
msgid "50"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287
msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287
msgid "4.68"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288
msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288
msgid "54.68"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313
msgid "Configuration:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292
msgid ""
"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of "
"related product (Expense Account field)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294
msgid ""
"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295
msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:222
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:296
msgid "Goods Receptions"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:297
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320
msgid "No Journal Entry"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315
msgid "Customer Invoice"
msgstr "Ausgangsrechnung"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304
msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304
msgid "100"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305
msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305
msgid "9"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306
msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306
msgid "109"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310
msgid ""
"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related "
"product (Income Account field)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312
msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313
msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315
msgid ""
"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the "
"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317
msgid "Customer Shipping"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320
msgid "Manufacturing Orders"
msgstr "Fertigungsaufträge"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326
msgid ""
"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just"
" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254
msgid ""
"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your "
"Profit&Loss section to your assets."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346
msgid "X"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265
msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:268
msgid ""
"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and the "
"**Inventory Variations** debited."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:276
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:389
msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting"
msgstr "Angelsächsische Buchführung"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329
msgid ""
"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and"
" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332
msgid ""
"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing "
"inventory value"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:334
msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343
msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344
msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345
msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346
msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350
msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:352
msgid ""
"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting "
"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are "
"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced"
" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra "
"configuration & testing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:358
msgid ""
"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those "
"accounting entries. This is done on the product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401
msgid "**Configuration:**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403
msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405
msgid ""
"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380
msgid ""
"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be"
" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383
msgid ""
"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's "
"internal category"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421
msgid ""
"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408
msgid ""
"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a"
" specific product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:411
msgid ""
"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. "
"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the "
"product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415
msgid ""
"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's "
"internal category"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418
msgid ""
"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's "
"internal category"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:423
msgid ""
"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form "
"as a specific replacement value"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3
msgid "Using the inventory valuation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9
msgid ""
"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13
msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16
msgid "Receive a product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18
msgid ""
"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory"
" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your "
"product (more info here)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22
msgid ""
"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO "
"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25
msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30
msgid ""
"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory "
"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the "
"valuation stat button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35
msgid ""
"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover "
"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are "
"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory "
"valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44
msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46
msgid ""
"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total "
"value of $100."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52
msgid ""
"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in "
"case of automated inventory valuation)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59
msgid "Deliver a product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61
msgid ""
"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will "
"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68
msgid "The inventory valuation report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70
msgid ""
"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report "
"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory "
"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By "
"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same "
"information for a past date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:5
msgid "Warehouses"
msgstr "Lager"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:3
msgid "Resupply from another warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:5
msgid ""
"A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse "
"that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a "
"local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is "
"ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which "
"warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:13
msgid ""
"To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-"
"Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone
msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:21
msgid ""
"View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
" Configuration --> Warehouses`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:24
msgid ""
"Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the "
"warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:27
msgid ""
"After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the "
"warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the"
" :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second "
"warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one "
"warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can "
"resupply this warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone
msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:39
msgid "Set route on a product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:41
msgid ""
"After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now "
"available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply "
"Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a "
"product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route"
" with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock "
"by moving the product from one warehouse to another."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone
msgid ""
"Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:51
msgid ""
"When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the "
":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo "
"automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from "
"the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the "
"second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse."
" The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully "
"tracked in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:57
msgid ""
"On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source "
"Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the "
"delivery order and the receipt is a transit location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone
msgid ""
"A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between "
"warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone
msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone
msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:3
msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:9
msgid "Warehouse"
msgstr "Lager"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which a company's "
"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user "
"can create moves between warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Lagerort"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:17
msgid ""
"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a "
"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). "
"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible "
"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can "
"be configured as needed under one warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:22
msgid "There are three types of locations:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:24
msgid ""
"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the "
"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading "
"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:28
msgid ""
"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's "
"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only "
"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:32
msgid ""
"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which "
"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or "
"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory "
"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse "
"(**Procurements**)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:37
msgid ""
"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be "
"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives "
"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the "
"organization of the warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:44
msgid ""
"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone
msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:52
msgid ""
"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable "
":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check "
":doc:`../../routes/concepts/use_routes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:56
msgid "Create a new warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:58
msgid ""
"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse "
"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:61
msgid ""
"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. "
"The short name is five characters maximum."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone
msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:69
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse "
"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first "
"letters of location]\"."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:72
msgid ""
"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations "
"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone
msgid ""
"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently "
"created warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:80
msgid ""
"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the "
":guilabel:`Locations` setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:83
msgid "Create a new location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:85
msgid ""
"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse "
"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:88
msgid ""
"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`"
" and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone
msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5
msgid "Advanced Routes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5
msgid "Concepts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3
msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5
msgid ""
"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly "
"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply"
" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load "
"another truck."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11
msgid ""
"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What"
" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-"
"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16
msgid ""
"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22
msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24
msgid ""
"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work "
"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31
msgid ""
"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that "
"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38
msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40
msgid ""
"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the "
"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the "
"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price "
"for it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48
msgid ""
"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will "
"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. "
"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output "
"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* "
"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to "
"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* "
"because we still need to order the product to our supplier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56
msgid ""
"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that "
"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the "
"products in the *Input Location*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64
msgid ""
"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to "
"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to "
"*Output*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72
msgid ""
"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3
msgid "Inter-warehouse transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5
msgid ""
"When owning several warehouses, goods might need to be transferred from one "
"warehouse to another. This type of transfer is called an *inter-warehouse "
"transfer*. While physically performing the inter-warehouse transfer might be"
" simple, the administrative part can be complex. Fortunately, Odoo comes "
"with an intuitive flow that helps save time when registering inter-warehouse"
" transfers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11
msgid "Create an internal transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13
msgid ""
"The following paragraphs detail a sample inter-warehouse transfer, referred "
"to as an *internal transfer*, use case. The sample use case assumes that the"
" user has already configured their second warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:17
msgid ""
"To transfer eight units of a product from the first warehouse to another "
"one, proceed as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:19
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard, select an internal movement "
"operation of one of the two warehouses. To do so, click on the three "
"vertical dots icon on the top right corner of the operation card and select "
":guilabel:`Planned Transfer`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone
msgid "View of the choice between planned transfer and immediate transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27
msgid ""
"On the new planned transfer form, select the :guilabel:`Source Location` (in"
" this case, the first warehouse) and the :guilabel:`Destination Location` "
"(in this case, the second warehouse)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30
msgid ""
"Next, add the products that will be transferred by clicking on "
":guilabel:`Add a line`, then click on :guilabel:`Save` and :guilabel:`Mark "
"as ToDo` once done. After that, Odoo puts the transfer in the "
":guilabel:`Waiting` status. Then, click on :guilabel:`Reserve` to reserve "
"the number of products in the source warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone
msgid "View of the internal transfer form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer` was selected instead of :guilabel:`Planned"
" Transfer`, Odoo processes the transfer automatically after the "
":guilabel:`Validate` button is clicked on the internal transfer form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44
msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard, open the souce location's internal "
"transfer operation page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone
msgid "View of the dashboard with a zoom of the pending internal transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53
msgid "Open the desired transfer order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone
msgid "View of the pending internal transfers list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59
msgid ""
"Click on the pencil icon in the lower right corner to open the operation "
"details window. In this new window, the quantity of products can be manually"
" set."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of a backorder pop-up window because all products are not moved at the "
"same time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67
msgid ""
"To process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the products can't "
"be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo automatically asks if a "
"*backorder* should be created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:70
msgid ""
"Create a backorder if it is expected that the remaining products will be "
"processed later."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71
msgid ""
"Do not create a backorder if the remaining products will not be "
"supplied/received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3
msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the "
"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, "
"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure"
" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set"
" those virtual warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8
msgid "Set up virtual warehouses"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10
msgid ""
"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new"
" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock "
"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the "
"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on "
"create."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16
msgid ""
"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, "
"because you will need it later in the process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18
msgid ""
"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and "
"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A"
" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two "
"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse"
" A+B."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24
msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26
msgid ""
"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in"
" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. "
"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping "
"information."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31
msgid ""
"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery"
" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse"
" A and one in warehouse B."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3
msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:5
msgid ""
"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products "
"should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and "
"made available to the retail channel."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*,"
" which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly "
"configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following"
" the configured push/pull rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:14
msgid "Inside the warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:16
msgid ""
"In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, "
"storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All "
"products go through all these locations. As the products move through the "
"locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:25
msgid ""
"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the "
"receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. "
"Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent "
"to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in"
" the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their "
"respective locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34
msgid ""
"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked "
"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are "
"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where "
"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes"
" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered"
" to customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:45
msgid "Pull rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:47
msgid ""
"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while "
"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:50
msgid ""
"Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the "
"*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are "
"triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer "
"Location*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54
msgid ""
"In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from "
"the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer "
"between the two locations is created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:57
msgid ""
"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the "
"*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the "
"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are "
"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is "
"created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:63
msgid ""
"All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the"
" pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going "
"backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these "
"transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and "
"finally the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:69
msgid "Push rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:71
msgid ""
"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of "
"generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when "
"products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a "
"product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\""
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:75
msgid ""
"An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt "
"Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be "
"applied to different products, the user can assign different storage "
"locations for different products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:79
msgid ""
"Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to"
" the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them"
" to their *Storage Location*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:83
msgid ""
"Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have "
"already generated the product transfers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:87
msgid ""
"Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the "
"rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For "
"example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are "
"grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping"
" per customer order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:93
msgid "Use routes and rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:95
msgid ""
"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you "
"manage advanced route configurations such as:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:98
msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:99
msgid "Manage default locations per product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100
msgid ""
"Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such "
"as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102
msgid ""
"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented "
"products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:104
msgid ""
"To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` "
"application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in "
"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"feature and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:113
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with "
"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:116
msgid ""
"Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes "
"that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:120
msgid "Pre-configured routes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:122
msgid ""
"To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the "
":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's "
"pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and "
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:131
msgid ""
"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The "
"user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the "
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are"
" set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see"
" the specific routes that Odoo generated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:140
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In "
"the route form, the user can view which places the route is "
":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on "
"a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company "
"environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in "
"Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:150
msgid ""
"At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific "
":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an "
":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a "
":guilabel:`Destination Location`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:159
msgid "Custom Routes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:161
msgid ""
"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
"--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where "
"this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of "
"places."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:169
msgid ""
"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the "
"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the "
":guilabel:`Rules` of the route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:172
msgid ""
"If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to "
"be manually set on the product category form by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, "
"select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` "
"and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:177
msgid ""
"When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in "
"the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be "
"helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products "
"from the same category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:185
msgid ""
"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to "
":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen "
"warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow "
"that route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:193
msgid ""
"If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or "
"less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a "
"quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:197
msgid ""
"Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the "
"quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the "
"quotation/sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:204
msgid ""
"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more "
"or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be "
"manually set on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:207
msgid ""
"To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products "
"--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, "
"select the :guilabel:`Routes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:216
msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:219
msgid "Rules"
msgstr "Regeln"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:221
msgid ""
"The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired"
" route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` "
"section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:229
msgid ""
"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and "
"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an "
":guilabel:`Action`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:232
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a"
" specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or "
"from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need "
"appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill "
"this need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:236
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products "
"in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to "
"the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the "
"destination location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:239
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the "
"two situations explained above. This means that when products are required "
"at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to "
"fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule "
"is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products "
"are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:244
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a "
"request for quotation is created to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:246
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a "
"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
msgid ""
"Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n"
"zone."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:254
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This "
"defines which kind of picking is created from the rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:257
msgid ""
"If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or "
":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The "
":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:261
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock"
" of the source location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:263
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to "
"bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:265
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the "
"products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there"
" is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the "
"products to the source location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:269
msgid ""
"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of "
"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate "
"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:273
msgid ""
"If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide "
"to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:277
msgid "Sample full route flow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:279
msgid ""
"In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full"
" flow with an advanced custom route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:282
msgid ""
"First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are"
" three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply "
"Methods` for each rule are the following:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:285
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:288
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in "
":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:291
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in "
":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from "
":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:299
msgid ""
"This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - "
"ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:307
msgid ""
"If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the "
"status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another "
"Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:315
msgid ""
"To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output "
"area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and "
"output zones."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:322
msgid ""
"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an "
"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the "
"required products from the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing"
" zones."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:329
msgid ""
"As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the "
"process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, "
"which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process"
" (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, "
"everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered "
"items."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:334
msgid ""
"In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules"
" have been triggered and the transfers are done."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5
msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3
msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5
msgid ""
"A good warehouse implementation makes sure that products automatically move "
"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo"
" uses *Putaway Rules*. Putaway is the process of taking products from the "
"received shipments and putting them into the appropriate location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10
msgid ""
"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important "
"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other "
"because of a potential chemical reaction. That's where putaway rules "
"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature. By doing "
"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically "
"activated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone
msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:26
msgid "Setting up a putaway rule"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:28
msgid ""
"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing fruits and vegetables, "
"products should be stored in different locations depending on several "
"factors like frequency, size, product category, specific environment needs, "
"and so on."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:32
msgid ""
"In this example, suppose there is one warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, with"
" the following sub-locations:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:37
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:39
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL3"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 1"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:43
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:45
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:47
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 3"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:49
msgid ""
"Manage those locations with putaway rules. To create a putaway rule, open "
"the :guilabel:`Inventory` app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Putaway Rules`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure a putaway "
"rule that indicated the main location the product will enter before being "
"redirected to the right storage location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:55
msgid ""
"The putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category and/or "
"package type (the :guilabel:`Packages` setting must be enabled for that). "
"Putaway rules are read sequentially until a match is found."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59
msgid "Take the following example:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61
msgid ""
"If water (category All/drinks) is received, whatever the package, it will be"
" redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:63
msgid ""
"If orange juice cans, packaged in boxes, are received, they will be "
"redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:65
msgid ""
"If water or apple juice bottles, packaged in boxes, are received, they will "
"be redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 3."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67
msgid ""
"If a pallet of lemonade cans are receieved, it will be redirected to "
"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone
msgid "Some examples of putaway rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:75
msgid "Using Storage Categories"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:77
msgid ""
"A *Storage Category* is an extra location attribute. Storage categories "
"allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the "
"location and how the location will be selected with putaway rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:84
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. By doing "
"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically "
"activated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:89
msgid "Create a Storage Category"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:91
msgid ""
"To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, "
"click :guilabel:`Save` and click :guilabel:`Storage Categories` or go to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Storage Categories` to create a new "
"storage category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone
msgid ""
"Create Storage Categories inside Odoo Inventory configuration settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:100
msgid ""
"First, click :guilabel:`Create` and type a name for the storage category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:102
msgid ""
"Then, there are options to limit the capacity by weight, by product, or by "
"package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the "
"location is considered available to store a product:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:106
msgid ""
":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the "
"location is empty."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:107
msgid ""
":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if "
"the same product is already there."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:109
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored "
"in this location at the same time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:112
msgid ""
"Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be "
"linked to a location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone
msgid ""
"When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse "
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:119
msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:121
msgid ""
"To continue the example from above, apply the \"High Frequency Pallets\" on "
"the PAL1 and PAL2 locations and rework the putaway rules as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:124
msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:126
msgid ""
"If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to "
"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:127
msgid ""
"If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:128
msgid ""
"If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone
msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3
msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, Closest location)?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5
msgid ""
"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select "
"the best products, optimize the distance for the worker, for quality control"
" purposes, or to first move products with the closest expiration date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9
msgid ""
"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that"
" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products "
"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on "
"the *Location*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14
msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16
msgid ""
"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and areas, storage "
"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go "
"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can"
" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
msgid "Empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24
msgid ""
"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators "
"scan the products in the receiving area with the reception date and, if the "
"product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products "
"are stored in their respective locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32
msgid ""
"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but in this example, the"
" goods weren't received on the same day and they don't have the same "
"expiration date. In that situation, logically, sending those with the "
"closest date first is preferred. Depending on the chosen removal strategy, "
"Odoo generates a transfer with the products that fit the settings the best."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
msgid ""
":alt: Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates into\n"
"account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43
msgid ""
"To pick for delivery, the product's lot/serial number can be found on the "
"transfer form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:46
msgid "How does it work?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:49
msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51
msgid ""
"When using a *First In, First Out* (FIFO) strategy, a demand for some "
"products triggers a removal rule, which requests a transfer for the "
"lot/serial number that has entered the stock first."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54
msgid ""
"For example, imagine there are three lots of nails in the warehouse. Those "
"three have the following lot numbers: :guilabel:`00001`, :guilabel:`00002`, "
":guilabel:`00003`, each with five boxes of nails in it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:58
msgid ""
":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock on the 23rd of May, :guilabel:`00002` on"
" the 25th of May, and :guilabel:`00003` on the 1st of June. A customer "
"orders six boxes on the 11th of June. With the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First "
"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for the five boxes "
"of :guilabel:`00001` and one of the boxes in :guilabel:`00002`, because "
":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock before the others. The box from "
":guilabel:`00002` is taken next because it has the oldest reception date "
"after :guilabel:`00001`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65
msgid ""
"So, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`"
" strategy selected, Odoo requests a transfer for the products that have been"
" in the stock for the longest period."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:69
msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:71
msgid ""
"Similar to :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, the *Last In, First Out* "
"(LIFO) strategy moves products based on the date they entered the stock. "
"Here, a demand for some products triggers a removal rule that requests a "
"transfer for the lot/serial number that has entered the stock most recently."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76
msgid ""
"For example, imagine there are three lots of screws in the warehouse. Those "
"three have the following numbers: :guilabel:`10001`, :guilabel:`10002`, and "
":guilabel:`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws in it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80
msgid ""
":guilabel:`10001` entered the stock on the 1st of June, :guilabel:`10002` on"
" the 3rd of June, and :guilabel:`10003` on the 6th of June. A customer "
"orders seven boxes on the 8th of June. With the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First "
"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for seven boxes of "
":guilabel:`10003` because that lot is the last one to have entered the "
"stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:85
msgid ""
"Basically, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First"
" Out)` strategy used, a transfer for the last lot to have entered the stock "
"is requested."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned in many countries "
"and can lead to only having old or obsolete products in the stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:93
msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:95
msgid ""
"The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) strategy is a bit different from the "
"other two removal strategies. For :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, "
"the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the "
"stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:99
msgid ""
"For example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes (in this specific"
" case, don't forget to use :doc:`units of measure "
"<../../management/products/uom>`). Those three lots have the following "
"numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each "
"with five boxes in it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:103
msgid ""
":guilabel:`20001` entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the "
"15th of July, :guilabel:`20002` entered on the 2nd and expires on the 14th "
"of July, and :guilabel:`20003` entered on the 4th and expires on the 21st of"
" July. A customer orders six boxes on the 5th of July. With the :abbr:`FEFO "
"(First Expired, First Out)` strategy selected, a transfer is requested for "
"the five boxes of :guilabel:`20002` and one from :guilabel:`20001`. The "
"transfer for all the boxes in lot :guilabel:`20002` is because they have the"
" closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from "
":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot "
":guilabel:`20002`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112
msgid ""
"Basically, for every sales order of a product with the :abbr:`FEFO (First "
"Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that "
"has the nearest expiration date from the order date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:117
msgid "Closest Location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119
msgid ""
"The *Closest Location* strategy is completely different from the other "
"removal strategies. It is not related to the date of entry in the warehouse,"
" but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products "
"that do not deteriorate with time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123
msgid ""
"The aim is to avoid making the warehouse worker take a long journey to the "
"bottom of the stock when the product is also located at a near location. "
"This method is only available if the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting "
"is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the "
"alphabetic order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129
msgid "Use removal strategies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:131
msgid ""
"To differentiate some units from others, the units need to be tracked, "
"either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate "
"the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and "
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
msgid "Features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141
msgid ""
"To work with the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, also "
"activate the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:144
msgid ""
"Next, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories` to define the removal strategy on a product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
msgid "Force removal strategy set up as first in first out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:152
msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154
msgid ""
"As explained, a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy implies "
"that products stocked first move out first. Companies should use this method"
" if they are selling products with short demand cycles, such as clothes, and"
" to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:158
msgid ""
"In this example, there are three lots of white shirts. The shirts are from "
"the :guilabel:`All/Clothes` category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal "
"strategy. In the stock location (:guilabel:`WH/Stock`), the user can find "
"the three lots available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
msgid "View of the white shirt lots inventory valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:166
msgid ""
"Lot :guilabel:`000001` contains five shirts, :guilabel:`000002` contains "
"three shirts, and :guilabel:`000003` contains two shirts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:169
msgid ""
"As seen above, :guilabel:`000001` entered the stock first. Now, create a "
"sales order of six white shirts to check that those products from lot "
":guilabel:`000001` are the first ones to move out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
msgid ""
"On the delivery order linked to the picking, the oldest lot numbers should "
"have been reserved thanks to the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` "
"strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:180
msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182
msgid ""
"With a *LIFO* strategy, that's quite the opposite. In fact, the products "
"that are received last move out first. :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` is "
"mostly used for products without a shelf life."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:185
msgid ""
"In this example, let's use the white shirts again to test the :abbr:`LIFO "
"(Last In, First Out)` strategy. First, open the product category via "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and "
"change the removal strategy to :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
msgid "Last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193
msgid ""
"Then, create a sales order for four white shirts and check that the reserved"
" products are from lots :guilabel:`000003` and :guilabel:`000002`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:201
msgid ""
"Don't forget that the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned "
"in many countries!"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204
msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:206
msgid ""
"With the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, the way "
"products are picked is not based on the reception date. In this particular "
"case, they are dispatched according to their expiration date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
msgid ""
"For have more information about expiration dates, please have a look at "
":doc:`the related doc "
"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:214
msgid ""
"By activating the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature, it becomes possible "
"to define different expiration dates on the serial/lot numbers that will be "
"used in :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`. These expiration dates can "
"be set by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Lots/Serial "
"Numbers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:223
msgid ""
"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots "
"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:227
msgid ""
"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not "
"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be"
" picked for delivery orders!"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:230
msgid ""
"To use the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and set "
":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` in the :guilabel:`Force Removal "
"Strategy` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
msgid "View of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:238
msgid ""
"For this particular case, the stock has hand cream. There are three lots of "
"them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241
msgid "**Lot / Serial No**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241
msgid "**Product**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241
msgid "**Expiration Date**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243
msgid "0000001"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247
msgid "Hand Cream"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243
msgid "09/30/2019"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245
msgid "0000002"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245
msgid "11/30/2019"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247
msgid "0000003"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247
msgid "10/31/2019"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:250
msgid ""
"When a sales order for 25 units of Hand Cream is created, Odoo automatically"
" reserves the lots with the closest expiration date, :guilabel:`0000001` and"
" :guilabel:`0000003`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
msgid "Two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5
msgid "Shipping"
msgstr "Versand"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:5
msgid "Shipping Operations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12
msgid ""
"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
"destination."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15
msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20
msgid ""
"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been "
"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24
msgid ""
"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you "
"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel"
" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier "
"Tracking Ref**:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32
msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37
msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40
msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42
msgid ""
"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want "
"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will "
"get a new tracking number and a new label."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83
msgid ":doc:`invoicing`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116
msgid ":doc:`multipack`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3
msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8
msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10
msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13
msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18
msgid ""
"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** "
"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery "
"Methods`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21
msgid ""
"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on "
"rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24
msgid ""
"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the "
"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28
msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31
msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55
msgid ""
"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on "
"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36
msgid ""
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on "
"**Set price**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42
msgid ""
"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
"product. It may vary from the real price."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46
msgid ""
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53
msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61
msgid ""
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale "
"order and proceed to deliver the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64
msgid ""
"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you"
" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70
msgid ""
"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76
msgid ""
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83
msgid ""
"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will "
"add a line to the sale order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87
msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84
msgid ":doc:`labels`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3
msgid "How to print shipping labels?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers "
"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to "
"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And "
"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17
msgid "Install the shipper company connector module"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20
msgid ""
"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
"you want to integrate :"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26
msgid "Then click on **Apply**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33
msgid "Configure the delivery method"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35
msgid ""
"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on"
" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35
msgid ""
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
"created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41
msgid ""
"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery "
"will be handled and computed by the shipper system."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46
msgid ""
"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For"
" more information, please refer to the provider website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62
msgid ""
"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the "
"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65
msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77
msgid "Company configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79
msgid ""
"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company "
"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86
msgid ""
"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on "
"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company "
"data**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92
msgid ""
"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price "
"computation cannot be done."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73
msgid ""
"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open "
"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80
msgid ""
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do"
" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85
msgid "How to print shipping labels ?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87
msgid ""
"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping "
"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135
msgid ""
"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the"
" third party shipper in the additional info tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96
msgid ""
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151
msgid ""
"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104
msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110
msgid ""
"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be "
"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3
msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. "
"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is "
"fully integrated with the third-party shippers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15
msgid ""
"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick "
"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23
msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107
msgid "Sale process"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110
msgid "Sale order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34
msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40
msgid "Multi-packages Delivery"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42
msgid ""
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
"from it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48
msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50
msgid ""
"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** "
"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56
msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58
msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63
msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66
msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68
msgid ""
"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. "
"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on "
"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76
msgid ""
"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history "
"underneath:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:5
msgid "Shipping Setup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3
msgid "How to setup a delivery method?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by "
"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries "
"but also on your e-commerce."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12
msgid ""
"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and "
"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to "
"compute the real price and the packagings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20
msgid "Install the inventory module"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22
msgid ""
"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to "
"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in"
" order to see it :"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29
msgid ""
"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to"
" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39
msgid "First set a name and a transporter company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44
msgid ""
"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46
msgid ""
"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the "
"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the "
"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54
msgid ""
"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on "
"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the "
"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61
msgid ""
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit "
"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature "
"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69
msgid ""
"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real "
"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See "
":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74
msgid "Delivery process"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82
msgid ""
"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want "
"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130
msgid "Delivery"
msgstr "Lieferung"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90
msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95
msgid ""
"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the "
"chosen delivery method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99
msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158
msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3
msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5
msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7
msgid "A DHL.com SiteID"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9
msgid "A DHL Password"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11
msgid "A DHL Account Number"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15
msgid ""
"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and "
"Rest of the world)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17
msgid ""
"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML "
"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20
msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for  United States"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22
msgid ""
"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account "
"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will "
"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
"destination."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19
msgid ""
"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
"you want to integrate :"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38
msgid ""
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same"
" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**"
" shipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43
msgid ""
"You can create other methods with the same provider with other "
"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46
msgid ""
"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that "
"will appear on your ecommerce."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49
msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54
msgid ""
"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price "
"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59
msgid ""
"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). "
"For more information, please refer to the provider website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67
msgid ""
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can "
"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits "
"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic "
"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the "
"United States."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95
msgid ""
"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products"
" you want to ship and set a weight on it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102
msgid ""
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to "
"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115
msgid ""
"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery "
"method** to choose the right one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118
msgid ""
"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on "
"**Set price**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121
msgid ""
"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, "
"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery "
"method as a product. It may vary from the real price."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125
msgid ""
"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will "
"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the"
" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132
msgid ""
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141
msgid ""
"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will"
" be computed once the transfer is validated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144
msgid ""
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking"
" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button "
"to check your delivery on the provider website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159
msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3
msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5
msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7
msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9
msgid "A UPS account number"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11
msgid "An Access Key"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13
msgid ""
"An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the "
"UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17
msgid "Create a UPS Account"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19
msgid ""
"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If"
" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer "
"Service in order to to open an account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23
msgid ""
"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their"
" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online "
"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27
msgid ""
"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your "
"online profile by following these steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30
msgid ""
"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and"
" click the **New User** link at the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34
msgid ""
"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to "
"complete the registration process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37
msgid ""
"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39
msgid ""
"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com "
"User ID and Password."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41
msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43
msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45
msgid ""
"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account "
"Details** section of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48
msgid ""
"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, "
"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United"
" States.q"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52
msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55
msgid "Get an Access Key"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57
msgid ""
"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can "
"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60
msgid ""
"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page "
"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61
msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62
msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63
msgid "Verify your contact information"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64
msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66
msgid ""
"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email "
"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary "
"contact."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8
msgid "Manufacturing"
msgstr "Fertigung"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10
msgid ""
"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps you schedule, plan and process manufacturing "
"orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the shop floor to"
" control all your work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger "
"maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17
msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5
msgid "Manufacturing Management"
msgstr "Fertigungs-Management"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3
msgid "Alternative Work Centers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5
msgid ""
"Manufacturing several different products simultaneously at the same work "
"center is a common issue for manufacturing companies. Although in practice, "
"employees can manufacture the goods at another work center instead of "
"waiting for one to be available, it's not always simple to have visibility "
"on which work center is busy and plan resources accordingly in real-time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10
msgid ""
"With Odoo, you can configure alternative work centers to solve this issue. "
"This automatically checks which work center is busy and which equivalent "
"ones are free, and schedules orders and maintenance accordingly."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:14
msgid ""
"This way, your process becomes more efficient, as work center utilisation is"
" optimised."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:17
msgid "Configure your Work Centers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:19
msgid ""
"First, go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Then, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature and hit "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rstNone
msgid "Work order settings ticked in Odoo Manufacturing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:26
msgid ""
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers` and create two "
"new work centers. Add the second work center as an alternative to the first "
"one and vice versa."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rstNone
msgid "Create a secondary work center as an alternate to the first."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:33
msgid ""
"Next, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills of Materials`, choose your "
"product, and add these work centers to the operations of your :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rstNone
msgid "Add work centers to Bill of Materials operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:41
msgid "Create your Work Orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:43
msgid "Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:45
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and hit "
":guilabel:`Create`. There, add your product to your manufacturing order and "
"plan it. You can then retrieve them from the :guilabel:`Work Orders` list "
"view, under :menuselection:`Operations > Work Orders`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:49
msgid ""
"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first "
"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured, as "
"shown below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rstNone
msgid "Work order creation and scheduling."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:57
msgid ""
"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you"
" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the"
" usual one is free."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
msgid "Create a bill of materials"
msgstr "Erstellen Sie eine Stückliste"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the "
"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. "
"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines "
"needed to complete a production process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be "
"linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own "
"tailored :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12
msgid ""
"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the "
"manufacturing process and save time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16
msgid "Set up a bill of baterials (BoM)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18
msgid ""
"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations"
" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely "
"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:21
msgid ""
"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the "
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills "
"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the "
":guilabel:`Product`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:26
msgid ""
"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the "
"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29
msgid ""
"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`"
" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`"
" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final "
"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created "
"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created "
"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> "
"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rstNone
msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41
msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43
msgid ""
":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product "
"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47
msgid ""
"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, "
"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product "
"form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50
msgid ""
"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per "
"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the"
" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master "
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and "
"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply "
"on Variants` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rstNone
msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60
msgid "Set up operations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62
msgid ""
"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify"
" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use"
" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
"Operations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:67
msgid ""
"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new "
"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a "
"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like "
"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the "
":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that "
"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74
msgid ""
"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one "
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a"
" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing "
"Operations` feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rstNone
msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83
msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85
msgid ""
"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in "
"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike "
"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89
msgid ""
"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the "
":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:92
msgid ""
"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill "
"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which "
"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in "
"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3
msgid "Kits"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *kit* is a set of components that are not pre-assembled or mixed. This is "
"useful for selling but also for creating cleaner and more effective *BOMs*. "
"To use kits, you need both the Manufacturing and Inventory apps to be "
"installed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:10
msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12
msgid ""
"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit "
"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* Type without any manufacturing "
"operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:15
msgid ""
"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation"
" and a sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item "
"for each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first "
"image shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the "
"second image shows the corresponding delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29
msgid ""
"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, "
"create each component product (as you would with any other product), then "
"create the top-level, or kit product. Because you cannot track the stock of "
"kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to *Consumable*. However, if "
"you are using Anglo-Saxon accounting, and you would like COGS to be posted "
"when invoicing your kits (and only for this reason), the storable product "
"type should selected instead. Because a kit product cannot be purchased, "
"*Can be Purchased* should be unchecked. The route of the kit product in the "
"*Inventory* Tab does not really matter, as, for replenishment, only the "
"route of the components that will be taken into account only."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:38
msgid ""
"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your "
"preference. The component products require no particular configuration."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41
msgid ""
"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit "
"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type* Kit. All"
" other options may be left with their default values."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48
msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:50
msgid ""
"If you want to manage the stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use"
" a standard *BoM Type* manufacture or subcontracting instead. In this case "
"you will either buy the final product from your subcontractor, or make it "
"yourself through a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:54
msgid ""
"In that case the product type will be storable, and the BOM type either "
"'Manufacture this product' or 'Subcontracting' as shown below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62
msgid "Build a cleaner BOM"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64
msgid ""
"As suggested above, a kit BOM can also simply be used to manage a more "
"complex BOM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66
msgid ""
"Imagine the Custom Computer parts above were part of another final product. "
"It would be much clearer and simpler if the BOMs were added together (as "
"shown below) instead of adding all the individual parts one by one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:73
msgid ""
"This is even better illustrated when looking at the BOM Structure Report, "
"where it is easy to expand and hide specific kit level or sub-assembly type "
"BOMs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:79
msgid ""
"On the creation of the manufacturing order, the BOM will automatically "
"expand to show all top level and kit level components. You can go back to "
"the BOM at any point though as it remains  available on the form view of "
"your manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:86
msgid ""
"Finally, note that if there were any Operations in the Kit BOM, these would "
"also simply be added in to the work order list of the main component."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of "
"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants "
"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10
msgid "Activate product variants"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
msgid ""
"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the "
":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the"
" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to "
":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rstNone
msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22
msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24
msgid ""
"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, "
"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign "
"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the "
":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` "
"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately "
"visible, activate it from the additional options menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rstNone
msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35
msgid ""
"Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no "
"variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same "
"principle applies when configuring operations and by-products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39
msgid ""
"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product "
"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown"
" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one "
"product variant."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rstNone
msgid "Applying components to multiple variants."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3
msgid "Quality Control"
msgstr "Qualitätskontrolle"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5
msgid ""
"Whether you want to control the quality of your production, or the "
"production of your subcontractor, before registering the products into your "
"stock, you can rely on Odoo's Quality module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:10
msgid ""
"To control the quality of your production, you need to set a *Quality "
"Control Point* on the Manufacturing Operation Type, as shown below. To "
"create it, Go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control "
"Points`, and click **Create**. If the check only applies to specific "
"products, or product categories, you can specify these during the setup as "
"well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:19
msgid ""
"Regarding the reception of subcontracted products, instead of the "
"Manufacturing Operation Type, you need to select the 'Receipts' Operation "
"type. For the rest, the same principles apply."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:25
msgid ""
"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished "
"product is made and/or received. Note that several Quality Check *Types* can"
" be chosen from the dropdown. Note also that several Quality Check Points "
"can be set up for the same Operation Type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3
msgid "Manage semi-finished products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
msgid ""
"With Odoo MRP, you can use semi-finished products to simplify a complex "
"*Bill of Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately."
" A *semi-finished product* is a manufactured product that is used as a "
"component in a Bill of Material."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10
msgid ""
"A *BoM* that employs *semi-finished products* is referred to as a multi-"
"level BoM, where we distinguish between the *top level Product* and the "
"*sub-assemblies*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:15
msgid "Configure a Multi Level BoM"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17
msgid ""
"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need the top-level product and "
"its sub-assemblies. Therefore, you must first create the sub-assembly "
"products and their respective Bill of Materials. Please refer to "
":doc:`bill_configuration` for more details on how to create a BOM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26
msgid "Configure the Main BoM"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28
msgid ""
"Then on the final product form, simply add your semi-finished products to "
"the Bill of Material."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35
msgid "Manage your production planning"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37
msgid ""
"There are several methods to manage the triggering of the various "
"manufacturing orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39
msgid ""
"If every time a manufacturing order is confirmed for the main product, you'd"
" like one for the semi-finished products as well, you have two options:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42
msgid ""
"Option 1 : Create re-ordering rules for the semi-finished products, with "
"both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities at 0."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48
msgid ""
"Option 2 : Use the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the semi-finished "
"product, as well as the manufacturing one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:51
msgid ""
"Note that Option 1 is usually recommended over Option 2 as it is more "
"flexible. The MTO route creates a unique link between the semi-finished and "
"the top level product, whereas the re-ordering rule allows you to simply "
"unreserve that production from the top level product production and redirect"
" it to another, more pressing demand, for example."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:56
msgid ""
"In any case, as soon as the semi-finished product is produced, it will "
"become available in the manufacturing order of the final product, as shown "
"below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3
msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5
msgid ""
"Outsourcing a portion or all of your company’s manufacturing needs is not "
"easy. To make it work correctly, you have to:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8
msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9
msgid "Ship raw material to your subcontractors, at the right time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:10
msgid "Control incoming goods quality"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11
msgid "Control subcontractors bills"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13
msgid ""
"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is "
"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:20
msgid ""
"With its MRP subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25
msgid ""
"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32
msgid ""
"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials "
"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35
msgid ""
"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> "
"Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your "
"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you "
"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced "
"directly from the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:41
msgid ""
"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several"
" subcontractors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:49
msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:51
msgid ""
"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send "
"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, go to the *Purchase* app and create a "
"new purchase order. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a "
"subcontractor on the *BoM* of these products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60
msgid ""
"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the "
"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity "
"received. As a result, Odoo does the following things for you:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64
msgid ""
"Consumes the respective components at the subcontractor’s location, based on"
" the *BoM* and your input (3);"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:66
msgid "Produces the finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68
msgid ""
"Moves products from that subcontractor’s location to YourCompany via the "
"validated receipt (5)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73
msgid ""
"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right "
"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. This can be useful if the "
"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and "
"materials used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79
msgid "Inventory Valuation"
msgstr "Inventur Bewertung"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81
msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83
msgid "**C = A + B + s**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85
msgid "With:"
msgstr "Mit:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87
msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90
msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90
msgid "subcontractor;"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:92
msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94
msgid ""
"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the "
"inventory valuation, as the components are still valued as part of your "
"stock. This is managed by making the *Subcontracting Location* an *Internal "
"Location*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99
msgid ""
"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be "
"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The "
"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the"
" accounting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104
msgid ""
"Finally, the subcontractor bill then matches the purchase order, with the "
"proposed price coming from the finished products C."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:108
msgid ""
"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s"
" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the "
"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114
msgid "Traceability"
msgstr "Rückverfolgbarkeit"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116
msgid ""
"In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked "
"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the "
"receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120
msgid ""
"In that case, on the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record "
"Components* button appears. Click on it to open a dialog box and record the "
"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also "
"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:129
msgid ""
"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a "
"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136
msgid ""
"Also note that in case flexible consumption has been selected on the "
"subcontracted BOM for a non-tracked product, the record components option "
"will also appear optionally on each move line, if you want to register more "
"or less component consumption at your subcontracting location, when "
"receiving your final product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:145
msgid ""
"As you can see, the reception of both of these non-tracked products can "
"either be executed by selecting the 'Set Quantities' Option or via the move "
"line hamburger menus."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:149
msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151
msgid ""
"There are two ways to automate the supply of raw materials to your "
"subcontractors when purchasing the final product. The chosen method depends "
"on whether or not you want the materials to transit through your warehouse. "
"Both of these methods are described as pull style mechanisms as their "
"trigger is the inital PO to the subcontractor, which creates a need at the "
"subcontracting location, for raw material."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158
msgid ""
"If you are supplying your subcontractor with raw material from your own "
"warehouse, you must activate the 'Resupply Subcontractor on Order' route as "
"shown below. If this is a component that you buy from a vendor, the buy "
"route should also be activated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:169
msgid ""
"Now, if you want your vendor to resupply your subcontractor directly, you "
"must choose the 'Dropship Subcontractor on Order' option instead. In order "
"for this option to be active on the product form, you must first activate "
"the dropship option from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
"Settings --> Dropshipping`. Once the PO to the subcontractor is validated, "
"this route will create a dropship RFQ from your vendor to that "
"subcontractor. You then just need to review and validate it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:182
msgid ""
"Note that the buy route is not selected in this case, as the dropship route "
"is a buy route already."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:185
msgid ""
"Finally, if you want to track the stock of these raw materials at your "
"subcontracting location(s), then you must activate *Multi-locations* in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage "
"locations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:189
msgid "From the location form, you are then able to access the Current Stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198
msgid "Manual Replenishment"
msgstr "Manuell aufstocken"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200
msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:202
msgid ""
"If you want to send components to your subcontractor at your own "
"convenience, select the 'Resupply Subcontractor' Operation Type from the "
"*Inventory* Module, and create a picking, specifying to which subcontractor "
"you are delivering to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:210
msgid ""
"Alternatively, you can also manually ask your vendor to resupply your "
"subcontractor by creating a dropship type PO, with your subcontractor set as"
" the delivery address."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3
msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5
msgid ""
"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your "
"production based on your demand forecast."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:15
msgid ""
"In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS "
"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18
msgid ""
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and "
"click on *add a product*. You can now define your safety stock target (= the"
" stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum "
"and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:26
msgid ""
"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to display "
"by clicking on *rows*. For instance, the *Actual demand* will show you which"
" quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available"
" to Promise*, what can still be sold during that same period (what you plan "
"to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide "
"to hide rows if you like."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36
msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:38
msgid ""
"The next step is to estimate the demand for the chosen period. This is done "
"in the *Forecasted Demand* Row. You can easily, at any time, compare the "
"demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand "
"forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its "
"components."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:46
msgid ""
"Once the forecasted demand has been set, the quantity to replenish for the "
"different periods will automatically be computed. The replenishments you are"
" supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or "
"manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the"
" replenishment by clicking on the replenish button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:52
msgid ""
"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), "
"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can "
"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59
msgid ""
"In case you manually edit the *Suggested Replenishment* quantity, a small "
"cross will appear on the left hand side of the cell. In case you want to go "
"back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the "
"cross."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65
msgid "Cells color signification"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:67
msgid ""
"The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take "
"different colors depending on the situation:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:70
msgid ""
"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the "
"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect "
"demand forecast."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:72
msgid ""
"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
"still matches current data."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:74
msgid ""
"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
"was too high considering current data."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:76
msgid ""
"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity"
" was too low considering current data."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:78
msgid ""
"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the "
"stock will be negative during the period in question."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:82
msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:84
msgid ""
"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to "
"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new "
"replenishment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:89
msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:91
msgid ""
"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you"
" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you "
"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96
msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:98
msgid ""
"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on "
"the right of its name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8
msgid "Purchase"
msgstr "Einkauf"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10
msgid ""
"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, "
"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate "
"replenishments and follow up on your orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase <https://www.odoo.com/slides/purchase-23>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "Fortgeschritten"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3
msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5
msgid ""
"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to "
"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to "
"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if "
"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you "
"negotiate discounts on prices."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11
msgid "Generate customized reports"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the "
"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual "
"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart "
"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it,"
" key metrics and a pivot table."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rstNone
msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22
msgid ""
"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and "
"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26
msgid "Use filters to select the data you need"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28
msgid ""
"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on "
"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the "
"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates "
"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured "
"filters are:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33
msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35
msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the "
"previous year, canceled purchase orders included"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40
msgid ""
"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases "
"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43
msgid ""
"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, "
"depending on their date of confirmation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47
msgid ""
"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at "
"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51
msgid ""
"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*"
" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you"
" filtered with the previous one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rstNone
msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59
msgid "Add custom filters"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61
msgid ""
"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your"
" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to "
":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the "
"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and "
"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions "
"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom "
"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and "
"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired "
"filtering options, click on *Apply*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rstNone
msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74
msgid ""
"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking"
" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The "
"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or "
"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80
msgid "Measure exactly what you need"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82
msgid ""
"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you "
"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard "
"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to "
"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at "
"the top right of the dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rstNone
msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92
msgid "Visualize your data"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94
msgid ""
"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the "
"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, "
"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using"
" one or several of the 19 *Groups*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rstNone
msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102
msgid ""
"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first "
"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds "
"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked "
"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are "
"displayed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108
msgid "Explore your data"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110
msgid ""
"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. "
"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures "
"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the "
"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new "
"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add "
"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and"
" so on."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rstNone
msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121
msgid ""
"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or "
"export it as an Excel file."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5
msgid "Manage deals"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3
msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5
msgid ""
"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: "
"blanket orders and call for tenders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8
msgid ""
"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to "
"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your "
"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same "
"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different "
"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process "
"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14
msgid ""
"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple "
"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often "
"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods "
"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal "
"among several vendors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20
msgid "Enable purchase agreements"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22
msgid ""
"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
" activate *Purchase Agreements*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone
msgid "Enable purchase agreements in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30
msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32
msgid ""
"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured "
"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase "
"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls "
"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure "
"the:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37
msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39
msgid ""
"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using "
"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both"
" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only "
"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where "
"you only want to select a single vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44
msgid ""
"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, "
"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your"
" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines "
"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-"
"filled in with that information."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49
msgid ""
"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify "
"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new "
"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set "
"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities"
" of agreement*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone
msgid "Configure purchase agreements types in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59
msgid "Set up a blanket order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*."
" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. "
"The other fields aren't mandatory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:64
msgid ""
"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can "
"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with"
" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If "
"you have configured your blanket order to *Set quantities manually*, this is"
" only used for informational purposes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone
msgid "Set up a blanket order in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:73
msgid ""
"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the "
"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on "
"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready "
"to be used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:78
msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:80
msgid ""
"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need "
"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for "
"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket"
" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, "
"product lines can also be pre-filled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:85
msgid ""
"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under "
"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone
msgid "Create new quotations for an ongoing blanket order in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:93
msgid ""
"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it"
" to an existing *Blanket Order*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:97
msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:99
msgid ""
"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment "
"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed,"
" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is"
" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone
msgid "Blanket order added to product configuration in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:108
msgid "Set up a call for tenders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:110
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*."
" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't"
" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an "
"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for "
"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:115
msgid ""
"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for"
" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you "
"their best quote."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:118
msgid ""
"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the "
"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone
msgid "Set up a call for tenders in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:126
msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:128
msgid ""
"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New "
"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for"
" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you "
"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send "
"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process "
"for each vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone
msgid "Request a quotation from a call for tenders in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:138
msgid ""
"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving "
"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, "
"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone
msgid "Validate a call for tenders and view all quotations in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:146
msgid ""
"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your "
"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and "
"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. "
"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone
msgid "Confirm an order in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3
msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5
msgid ""
"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each "
"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: "
"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check "
"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9
msgid ""
"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on "
"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know"
" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or "
"fraudulent vendor bills."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14
msgid "Vendor bills default control policy"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16
msgid ""
"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control "
"policy for all the products created onwards."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rstNone
msgid "Vendor bills default control setting for new products in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23
msgid ""
"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon "
"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are "
"used to generate the draft bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26
msgid ""
"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once"
" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The "
"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try"
" to create one without having received any product, you get an error "
"message."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rstNone
msgid "No invoiceable line error message in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36
msgid "Change a specific product's control policy"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38
msgid ""
"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to "
":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to "
"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control "
"policy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47
msgid "View a purchase order's billing status"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49
msgid ""
"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the"
" *Other Information* tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rstNone
msgid "Purchase order billing status in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56
msgid ""
"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they "
"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60
msgid "**Billing status**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60
msgid "**Conditions**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62
msgid "*On received quantities*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62
msgid "*On ordered quantities*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64
msgid "*Nothing to Bill*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64
msgid "PO confirmed; no products received"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64
msgid "*(Not applicable)*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66
msgid "*Waiting Bills*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66
msgid "All/some products received; bill not created"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66
msgid "PO confirmed"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68
msgid "*Fully Billed*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68
msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68
msgid "Draft bill created"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72
msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way"
" matching*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rstNone
msgid "3-way-matching setting in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81
msgid ""
"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On "
"received quantities*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84
msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86
msgid ""
"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be "
"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rstNone
msgid "Should Be Paid field under a vendor bill in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93
msgid ""
"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if "
"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have "
"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* "
"when you create one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97
msgid ""
"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, "
"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It"
" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason "
"to have done so."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101
msgid ""
"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be "
"Paid* status is set to *No*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rstNone
msgid "Paid bill in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109
msgid ""
"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can "
"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3
msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5
msgid ""
"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* "
"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock "
"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is "
"created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:9
msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:12
msgid "Configure your storable product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14
msgid ""
"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rstNone
msgid "Set the product type in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:20
msgid ""
"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's "
"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add "
"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering "
"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it "
"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a "
"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:27
msgid ""
"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity "
"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have "
"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that "
"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices "
"for different quantities."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rstNone
msgid "Add vendor to a product in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:37
msgid ""
"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled "
"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown"
" in the image above. For more information, see "
":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:41
msgid ""
"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of "
"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*"
" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, "
"select *Dropship*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rstNone
msgid "Choose product routes in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:50
msgid "Set up your reordering rule"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52
msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rstNone
msgid "Reordering rules button on a product in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:58
msgid ""
"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61
msgid ""
"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view "
"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to "
"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click "
"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future "
"orders included."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:68
msgid "Define quantities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:70
msgid ""
"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, "
"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy "
"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that "
"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales "
"order for example."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:75
msgid ""
"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be "
"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:78
msgid ""
"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order"
" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. "
"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering "
"rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82
msgid ""
"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches "
"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and "
"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might "
"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity "
"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and "
"respect the set quantity multiple."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rstNone
msgid "Create a reordering rule in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:92
msgid ""
"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory "
"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by "
"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred "
"Route* column, and selecting the right route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3
msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different"
" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion "
"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to "
"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your "
"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10
msgid "Consider the following examples:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12
msgid ""
"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**."
" However, your customers are European and use **liters**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15
msgid ""
"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces "
"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19
msgid "Enable units of measure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21
msgid ""
"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. "
"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rstNone
msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29
msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32
msgid "Standard units of measure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34
msgid ""
"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. "
"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: "
"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39
msgid ""
"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories "
"(see next section)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41
msgid ""
"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the "
"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a "
"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*"
" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as "
"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of "
"Measure* to be used for purchases."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47
msgid ""
"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in "
"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* "
"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase"
" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rstNone
msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56
msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58
msgid ""
"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because "
"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate"
" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62
msgid ""
"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the "
"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, "
"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both"
" units of measure."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66
msgid ""
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure "
"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rstNone
msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73
msgid ""
"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76
msgid ""
"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting"
" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name"
" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the"
" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter "
"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by "
"Odoo is always a multiple of this value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82
msgid ""
"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use "
"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rstNone
msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89
msgid ""
"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might "
"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it "
"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower"
" than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then "
"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> "
"Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* "
"accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of "
"0.00001, set *Digits* to 5."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96
msgid ""
"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of"
" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or "
"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100
msgid ""
"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select "
"*Smaller*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102
msgid ""
"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the "
"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater "
"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106
msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rstNone
msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112
msgid ""
"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard "
"units of measure."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rstNone
msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""